Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

body of river

  • 1 River Cotton

    A trade term referring to cotton having a staple of 11/8-in., though if the cotton has a light body it is sometimes called " creeks." Grown along the Mississippi and Arkansas rivers.

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > River Cotton

  • 2 устье реки

    1) General subject: billabong, creek, debouchment, entry, estuary, firth (особ. в Шотландии), frith (особ. в Шотландии), gullet, issue, lade
    3) Naval: embouchure
    4) Engineering: river offing, river outlet
    5) Rare: beal
    6) Railway term: delta
    7) Architecture: mouth of a river, outfall
    8) Scottish language: water mouth, water-mouth
    9) Ecology: frith, ria
    10) Marine science: river's offing
    11) Makarov: influx
    12) General subject: frith

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > устье реки

  • 3 главное русло реки

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > главное русло реки

  • 4 водная масса реки

    General subject: body of river

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > водная масса реки

  • 5 водное тело реки

    General subject: body of river

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > водное тело реки

  • 6 главное русло

    1) Geology: body of river
    2) Agriculture: main channel
    4) General subject: principal (drainage) channel

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > главное русло

  • 7 héen táak

    river, inside of
    bottom (the bottom of a body of water)

    Tlingit noun dictionary > héen táak

  • 8 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 9 cuerpo

    m.
    1 body.
    a cuerpo without a coat on
    de cuerpo entero full-length (retrato, espejo)
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    tomar cuerpo to take shape
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!
    cuerpo celeste heavenly body
    cuerpo extraño foreign body
    el cuerpo humano the human body
    2 main body (parte principal).
    3 thickness (consistencia).
    mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    4 corps.
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo de policía police force
    5 section (parte de armario, edificio).
    7 corpus, body, main section of a bodily part, main section of an organism.
    8 mass of tissue, corpus.
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA body
    3 (figura) figure; (tronco) trunk
    4 (tronco) trunk
    5 (grupo) body, force, corps
    6 (cadáver) corpse, body
    7 (parte) section, part; (parte principal) main part, main body
    8 QUÍMICA substance
    9 FÍSICA body
    10 (vino, tela, etc) body
    11 DEPORTE length
    \
    a cuerpo descubierto defenceless (US defenseless)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero full-length
    en cuerpo y alma figurado heart and soul, body and soul
    estar de cuerpo presente to lie in state
    hacer de cuerpo eufemístico to relieve oneself
    no tener nada en el cuerpo to have an empty stomach
    tener buen cuerpo to have a good figure
    tomar cuerpo figurado to take shape
    cuerpo de baile corps de ballet
    cuerpo del delito DERECHO evidence, corpus delicti
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    cuerpo legislativo legislative body
    cuerpo geométrico regular solid
    cuerpos celestes heavenly bodies
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) body
    * * *
    SM
    1) (Anat) body

    me dolía todo el cuerpo — my body was aching all over, I was aching all over

    cuerpo a cuerpo —

    un cuerpo a cuerpo entre los dos políticos — a head-on o head-to-head confrontation between the two politicians

    • de cuerpo entero — [retrato, espejo] full-length

    • de medio cuerpo — [retrato, espejo] half-length

    • cuerpo serrano — hum body to die for

    • ¡cuerpo a tierra! — hit the ground!

    dar con el cuerpo en tierra — to fall down, fall to the ground

    a cuerpo gentil —

    a cuerpo de rey —

    hurtó el cuerpo y eludió a sus vecinos — he sneaked off o away and avoided his neighbours

    pedirle a algn algo el cuerpo —

    2) (=cadáver) body, corpse

    de cuerpo presente: su marido aún estaba de cuerpo presente — her husband had not yet been buried

    funeral de cuerpo presente — funeral service, funeral

    3) (=grupo)

    cuerpo de bomberos — fire brigade, fire department (EEUU)

    4) (=parte) [de mueble] section, part; [de un vestido] bodice; (=parte principal) main body
    5) (=objeto) body, object
    6) (=consistencia) [de vino] body

    • dar cuerpo a algo, el suavizante que da cuerpo a su cabello — the conditioner that gives your hair body

    • tomar cuerpo — [plan, proyecto, personaje, historia] to take shape

    7) (Tip) [de letra] point, point size
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.
    Ex. But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.
    Ex. Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex. Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex. A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex. Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex. Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex. Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex. Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    ----
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) body

    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo — (fam) he was scared stiff (colloq)

    a cuerpo de rey — (fam)

    a cuerpo gentil — (fam) without a coat (o sweater etc)

    echarse algo al cuerpo — (fam) < comida> to have something to eat; < bebida> to have something to drink

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a alguien — (AmL fam) to steer clear of somebody

    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo — (AmL fam) ( a trabajo) to get out of something; ( a responsabilidad) to evade o shirk something

    b) ( cadáver) body, corpse

    encontraron su cuerpo sin vida junto al río — (period) his lifeless body was found by the river (frml)

    c) ( tronco) body
    2) (Equ) length
    3)
    a) ( parte principal) main body
    b) ( de mueble) part; ( de edificio) section
    4) (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body
    5) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object; ( sustancia) substance
    6) (consistencia, densidad) body

    dar/tomar cuerpo — idea/escultura to take shape

    * * *
    = body, body, type size, body-size, corps, shank, cadaver, soma.

    Ex: But when he speaks to me he always scans my body and stares at my breasts.

    Ex: Cartographic materials are, according to AACR2, all the materials that represent, in whole or in part, the earth or any celestial body.
    Ex: Using golf-ball or daisy-wheel typewriters a good range of typefaces can be used on the same page; different type sizes can also be used.
    Ex: A fount of type was a set of letters and other symbols in which each was supplied in approximate proportion to its frequency of use, all being of one body-size and design.
    Ex: Quality abstracting services take pride in their corps of abstractors.
    Ex: Another device was to make matrices for accented sorts with the punches already used for unaccented sorts: the letter punch was stepped on its shank so that one of several accent punches could be bound on to the step to make a combined punch.
    Ex: Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.
    Ex: Pyramidal neurons, also known as pyramidal cells, are neurons with a pyramidal-shaped cell body ( soma) and two distinct dendritic trees.
    * a cuerpo de rey = the lap of luxury.
    * crema para el cuerlpo = body lotion.
    * cuerpo calloso = corpus callosum.
    * cuerpo celeste = celestial body, heavenly body.
    * cuerpo Danone = body beautiful.
    * cuerpo de animal muerto = carcass.
    * cuerpo de bomberos = fire department.
    * cuerpo de estanterías = bay of shelves, range of shelving, range, bay of shelving.
    * cuerpo de estanterías por materia = subject bay.
    * cuerpo de inspectores = inspectorate.
    * cuerpo de la ficha = body of the card.
    * Cuerpo de Marina = Navy Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Paz, el = Peace Corps.
    * Cuerpo de Zapadores = Army Corps Engineers.
    * cuerpo expedicionario = expeditionary force.
    * cuerpo extraño = foreign body.
    * cuerpo humano, el = human body, the.
    * cuerpo político, el = body politic, the.
    * cuerpo sin vida = dead body.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * del cuerpo = body.
    * foto de medio cuerpo = mugshot [mug shot].
    * ingeniero del cuerpo de zapadores = Army Corps engineer.
    * luchar cuerpo a cuerpo = clinch.
    * miembro del cuerpo = limb.
    * órgano del cuerpo = limb, body part.
    * pegado al cuerpo = slinky [slinkier -comp., slinkiest -sup.].
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * que cubre todo el cuerpo = head to toe.
    * seguro por pérdida de un miembro del cuerpo = dismemberment insurance.
    * temperatura del cuerpo = body temperature.
    * vivir a cuerpo de rey = live like + a king, live in + the lap of luxury.

    * * *
    A
    le dolía todo el cuerpo his whole body ached
    es de cuerpo muy menudo she's very slightly built o she has a very slight build
    tenía el miedo metido en el cuerpo ( fam); he was scared stiff ( colloq)
    un retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero a full-length portrait/mirror
    a cuerpo de rey ( fam): vive a cuerpo de rey he lives like a king
    nos atendieron a cuerpo de rey they treated us like royalty, they gave us real V.I.P. treatment ( colloq)
    a cuerpo or en or de cuerpo gentil ( fam); without a coat ( o sweater etc)
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand
    en un combate cuerpo a cuerpo in hand-to-hand combat
    dárselo a algn el cuerpo ( fam): me lo daba el cuerpo que algo había ocurrido I had a feeling that something had happened
    echarse algo al cuerpo ( fam); ‹comida› to have sth to eat;
    ‹bebida› to have sth to drink, knock sth back ( colloq)
    en cuerpo y alma ( fam); wholeheartedly
    hacer or ir del cuerpo ( euf); to do one's business ( euph)
    logró hurtarle el cuerpo al golpe she managed to dodge the blow
    el cuerpo le pedía un descanso he felt he had to have a rest, his body was crying out for a rest
    pintar or retratar a algn de cuerpo entero: en pocas líneas pinta al personaje de cuerpo entero in a few lines she gives you a complete picture of what the character is like
    eso lo pinta de cuerpo entero that shows him in his true colors, that shows him for what he is
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algn ( AmL fam); to steer clear of sb
    sacar(le) el cuerpo a algo ( AmL fam) (a un trabajo) to get out of sth; (a una responsabilidad) to evade o shirk sth
    suelto de cuerpo (CS fam); cool as anything ( colloq), cool as you like ( colloq)
    2 (cadáver) body, corpse
    allí encontraron su cuerpo sin vida ( frml); his lifeless body was found there
    3 (tronco) body
    Compuesto:
    corpus delicti
    B ( Dep, Equ) length
    ganó por tres cuerpos de ventaja she won by three lengths
    C
    1 (parte principal) main body
    un armario de dos cuerpos a double wardrobe
    se negaron a hacer declaraciones como cuerpo they refused to make any statement as a body o group
    su separación del cuerpo his dismissal from the force ( o service etc)
    2 (de ideas, normas) body
    Compuestos:
    corps de ballet
    fire department ( AmE), fire brigade ( BrE)
    body of teaching
    body of laws
    peace corps
    police force
    security corps
    diplomatic corps
    electorate
    legislative body
    medical corps
    E ( Fís)
    1 (objeto) body, object
    2 (sustancia) substance
    Compuestos:
    heavenly body
    compound
    foreign body
    geometric shape o figure
    element
    F (consistencia, densidad) body
    un vino de mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine
    le da cuerpo al pelo it gives the hair body
    dar/tomar cuerpo: la escultura iba tomando cuerpo the sculpture was taking shape
    hay que dar cuerpo legal a estas asociaciones we have to give legal status to these organizations
    G ( Impr) point size
    * * *

     

    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (Anat) body;


    retrato/espejo de cuerpo entero full-length portrait/mirror;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand

    c) (Fís) ( objeto) body, object

    2 (conjunto de personas, de ideas, normas) body;

    cuerpo de policía police force;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps
    3 (consistencia, densidad) body;


    ‹ vino› full-bodied
    cuerpo sustantivo masculino
    1 body
    2 (humano) body, (tronco humano) trunk
    3 (cadáver) corpse
    4 (de un edificio o mueble) section, part
    un armario de tres cuerpos, a wardrobe with three sections
    (de un libro, una doctrina) body
    5 (grupo) corps, force
    cuerpo de bomberos, fire brigade
    cuerpo diplomático, diplomatic corps
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado tomar cuerpo, to take shape
    a cuerpo de rey, like a king
    cuerpo a cuerpo, hand-to-hand
    de cuerpo entero, full-length
    de cuerpo presente, lying in state
    un retrato de medio cuerpo, a half portrait
    ' cuerpo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abotargarse
    - adormecerse
    - apéndice
    - caída
    - caído
    - cd
    - deformar
    - deformarse
    - delito
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - desnuda
    - desnudo
    - dilatar
    - dilatarse
    - diplomática
    - diplomático
    - el
    - encima
    - encoger
    - extraña
    - extraño
    - grasa
    - guardia
    - holgada
    - holgado
    - inclinación
    - interfecta
    - interfecto
    - línea
    - llaga
    - lugar
    - perecedera
    - perecedero
    - proporcionada
    - proporcionado
    - quiebro
    - rebanar
    - reclinar
    - silueta
    - titilar
    - vaivén
    - volverse
    - abotagado
    - asamblea
    - bola
    - bombero
    - bulto
    - cana
    - carga
    English:
    attitude
    - bar
    - beauty spot
    - bodice
    - body
    - bow
    - bruise
    - corps
    - decay
    - diplomatic corps
    - figure
    - fire brigade
    - fire department
    - force
    - full-length
    - hair
    - legislative
    - over
    - police force
    - position
    - proportionate
    - their
    - tingly
    - carcass
    - department
    - faculty
    - fellow
    - fire
    - foreign
    - full
    - length
    - profession
    - riddle
    - rigor mortis
    - wash
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1. [objeto material] body
    Astron cuerpo celeste heavenly body; Quím cuerpo compuesto compound;
    cuerpo extraño foreign body;
    Náut cuerpo muerto mooring buoy; Fís cuerpo negro black body; Quím cuerpo simple element
    2. [de persona, animal] body;
    el cuerpo humano the human body;
    tiene un cuerpo estupendo he's got a great body;
    ¡cuerpo a tierra! hit the ground!, get down!;
    luchar cuerpo a cuerpo to fight hand-to-hand;
    de medio cuerpo [retrato, espejo] half-length;
    de cuerpo entero [retrato, espejo] full-length;
    Fam
    a cuerpo (gentil) without a coat on;
    a cuerpo descubierto o [m5]limpio: se enfrentaron a cuerpo descubierto o [m5] limpio they fought each other hand-to-hand;
    Fam
    dejar mal cuerpo: la comida le dejó muy mal cuerpo the meal disagreed with him;
    la discusión con mi padre me dejó muy mal cuerpo the argument with my father left a bad taste in my mouth;
    en cuerpo y alma: se dedicó en cuerpo y alma a ayudar a los necesitados he devoted himself body and soul to helping the poor;
    se entrega en cuerpo y alma a la empresa she gives her all for the company;
    Fam
    demasiado para el cuerpo: ¡esta película es demasiado para el cuerpo! this movie o Br film is just great!, Br this film is the business!;
    echarse algo al cuerpo: se echó al cuerpo dos botellas de vino he downed two bottles of wine;
    Fam Euf
    hacer de cuerpo to relieve oneself;
    le metieron el miedo en el cuerpo they filled her with fear, they scared her stiff;
    Fam
    pedir algo el cuerpo: esta noche el cuerpo me pide bailar I'm in the mood for dancing tonight;
    no bebas más si no te lo pide el cuerpo don't have any more to drink if you don't feel like it;
    Am Fam
    sacarle el cuerpo a algo to get out of (doing) sth;
    RP Fam
    suelto de cuerpo as cool o nice as you like o please;
    a pesar de todo lo que le dije, después se me acercó muy suelto de cuerpo despite everything I said to him, he came up to me later as cool o nice as you like;
    Fam
    tratar a alguien a cuerpo de rey to treat sb like royalty o like a king;
    Fam
    vivir a cuerpo de rey to live like a king
    3. [tronco] trunk
    4. [parte principal] main body;
    el cuerpo del libro the main part o body of the book
    5. [densidad, consistencia] thickness;
    la tela de este vestido tiene mucho cuerpo this dress is made from a very heavy cloth;
    un vino con mucho cuerpo a full-bodied wine;
    dar cuerpo a [salsa] to thicken;
    tomar cuerpo: mover hasta que la mezcla tome cuerpo stir until the mixture thickens;
    están tomando cuerpo los rumores de remodelación del gobierno the rumoured cabinet reshuffle is beginning to look like a distinct possibility;
    el proyecto de nuevo aeropuerto va tomando cuerpo the new airport project is taking shape
    6. [cadáver] body, corpse;
    de cuerpo presente (lying) in state
    7. [corporación consular, militar] corps;
    el agente fue expulsado del cuerpo por indisciplina the policeman was thrown out of the force for indiscipline
    cuerpo de baile dance company;
    cuerpo de bomberos Br fire brigade, US fire department;
    cuerpo diplomático diplomatic corps;
    cuerpo expedicionario expeditionary force;
    cuerpo médico medical corps;
    cuerpo de policía police force
    8. [conjunto de informaciones] body;
    cuerpo de doctrina body of ideas, doctrine;
    cuerpo legal body of legislation
    9. [parte de armario, edificio] section
    10. [parte de vestido] body, bodice
    11. [en carreras] length;
    el caballo ganó por cuatro cuerpos the horse won by four lengths
    12. Der cuerpo del delito corpus delicti, = evidence of a crime or means of perpetrating it
    13. Imprenta point;
    letra de cuerpo diez ten point font
    * * *
    m
    1 body;
    cuerpo a cuerpo hand-to-hand;
    retrato de cuerpo entero/de medio cuerpo full-length/half-length portrait;
    a cuerpo de rey like a king;
    en cuerpo y alma body and soul;
    aún estaba de cuerpo presente he had not yet been buried;
    me lo pide el cuerpo I feel like it;
    hacer del cuerpo euph do one’s business
    2 de policía force;
    3
    :
    tomar cuerpo take shape
    * * *
    cuerpo nm
    1) : body
    2) : corps
    * * *
    1. (en general) body [pl. bodies]
    2. (tronco) trunk
    tomar cuerpo to take shape [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > cuerpo

  • 10 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

    ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]
    1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.
    -2 A hymn of praise.
    -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.
    -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.
    -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.
    -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.
    -8 Religious penance or austerities.
    -9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.
    -1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.
    -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.
    -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.
    -13 Wealth.
    -14 Food.
    -15 A Brāhmaṇa.
    -16 Truth.
    -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.
    -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.
    -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.
    -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.
    1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]
    -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.
    -3 A devout man.
    -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.
    -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.
    -6 The sun.
    -7 Intellect.
    -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.
    -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.
    -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.
    -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.
    -1 Of Śiva.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.
    -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.
    -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).
    -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.
    -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.
    -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.
    -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.
    -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.
    -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.
    -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.
    -2 N. of a forest.
    -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.
    -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 N. of a spell.
    -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.
    -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.
    -आत्मभूः a horse.
    -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.
    -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.
    -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.
    -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.
    -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.
    -आहुतिः f.
    1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.
    -2 the study of the Vedas.
    -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).
    -उत्तर a.
    1 treating principally of Brahman.
    -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.
    -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.
    -उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.
    -ऋषिः (
    ब्रह्मर्षिः or
    ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).
    -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.
    -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -करः a tax paid to the priestly class.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.
    -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).
    -कल्पः an age of Brahman.
    -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.
    -काष्ठः the mulberry tree.
    -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.
    -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.
    -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.
    -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.
    -गिरिः N. of a mountain.
    -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.
    -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.
    -गोलः the universe.
    -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.
    -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.
    -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,
    -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).
    -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.
    -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.
    -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.
    -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).
    -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.
    -2 N. of a magical circle.
    -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.
    -2 religious study, self-restraint.
    -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (
    -र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (
    -र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.
    -चारिकम् the life of a religious student.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 studying the Vedas.
    -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.
    -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 of Skanda.
    -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.
    -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.
    -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -जन्मन् n.
    1 spirtual birth.
    -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.
    -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.
    -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.
    -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.
    -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.
    -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.
    -ज्योतिस् n.
    1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.
    -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.
    -तालः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -तेजस् n.
    1 the glory of Brahman.
    -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.
    -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.
    -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.
    -5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.
    -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).
    -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.
    -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.
    -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दारुः the mulberry tree.
    -दिनम् a day of Brahman.
    -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.
    -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (
    -यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.
    (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.
    -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.
    -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.
    -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.
    -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.
    1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).
    -2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.
    -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.
    -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.
    -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.
    -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.
    -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (
    -ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.
    -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.
    -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.
    -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.
    -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.
    -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.
    -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.
    -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.
    -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.
    -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.
    -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.
    (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.
    -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (
    -त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.
    -2 the body; Ch. Up.
    -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).
    -2 N. of Benares.
    -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).
    -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.
    -प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.
    -बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.
    -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.
    -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.
    -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.
    -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.
    -2 the mulberry tree.
    -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.
    -भवनम् the abode of Brahman.
    -भागः 1 the mulberry tree.
    -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.
    -भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit
    -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.
    -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.
    -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.
    -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.
    -भूतिः f. twilight.
    -भूमिजा a kind of pepper.
    -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.
    -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.
    -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.
    -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.
    -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.
    -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.
    -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.
    -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.
    -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.
    -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मेखलः the Munja plant.
    -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)
    -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.
    -योनि a.
    1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (
    -निः) f.
    1 original source in Brahman.
    -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.
    -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.
    -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.
    -रवः muttering of prayers.
    -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.
    -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.
    -रात्रः early dawn.
    -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)
    -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.
    -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.
    -3 a particular constellation.
    -रीतिः f. a kind of brass.
    -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.
    -लोकः the world of Brahman.
    -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.
    -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.
    -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.
    -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.
    -वर्चस् n.,
    -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.
    -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.
    -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.
    -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.
    -वर्धनम् copper.
    -वाच् f. the sacred text.
    -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.
    -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (
    -नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.
    -वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.
    -विद्, -विद a.
    1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.
    -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.
    -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.
    -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.
    -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.
    -वीणा a particular Vīṇā.
    -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.
    -2 the Udumbara tree.
    -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.
    -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.
    -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.
    -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.
    -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).
    -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.
    -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.
    -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas
    -व्रतम् a vow of chastity.
    -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).
    -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.
    -2 a place for reciting the Vedas.
    -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.
    -2 a command of Brahman.
    -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -4 instruction about sacred duty.
    -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.
    -श्री N. of a Sāman.
    -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.
    -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.
    -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.
    -2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.
    -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
    -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.
    -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.
    -सभा the hall or court of Brahman.
    -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (
    -वः) N. of Nārada.
    -सर्पः a kind of snake.
    -सवः distillation of Soma.
    -सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.
    -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.
    -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.
    -2 a kind of Ketu.
    -सुवर्चला f.
    1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).
    -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.
    -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.
    -2 N. of the god of love.
    -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.
    -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.
    -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.
    -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.
    -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.
    -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.
    -स्थानः the mulberry tree.
    -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.
    -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.
    -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.
    -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.
    -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman

  • 11 dividir

    v.
    1 to divide.
    el río divide en dos la ciudad the river divides o splits the city in two
    Ellos dividen el dinero They divide the money.
    Ellas dividen el trabajo They divide the work.
    Ella divide los tipos de plantas She divides=classifies the plant types.
    Los pleitos dividen a los casados Fights divide married couples.
    2 to share out.
    nos dividimos las tareas domésticas we shared the household chores between us
    3 to divide by (Mat).
    dividir 12 entre 3 divide 12 by 3
    15 dividido por 3 igual a 5 15 divided by 3 is 5
    * * *
    1 to divide
    2 (separar) to divide, separate
    3 (repartir) to divide, split
    1 (separarse) to divide, split up
    \
    divide y vencerás divide and conquer, divide and rule
    * * *
    verb
    to divide, split
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=partir) to divide

    los dividieron en tres grupos — they split them (up) o divided them into three groups

    2) (Mat) to divide (entre, por by)

    doce dividido entre o por cuatro son tres — twelve divided by four is three

    3) (=repartir) [+ ganancias, posesiones] to split up, divide up; [+ gastos] to split

    hemos dividido el premio entre toda la familia — we have split up o divided up the prize among the whole family

    4) (=separar) to divide
    5) (=enemistar) to divide
    2.
    VI (Mat) to divide (entre, por into)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( partir) to divide

    lo dividió en partes iguales/por la mitad — he divided it (up) into equal portions/in half

    seis dividido por or entre dos es igual a tres — (Mat) six divided by two equals o is three

    b) ( repartir) to divide, share (out)
    c) ( separar)
    d) ( enemistar) <partido/familia> to divide
    2.
    dividir vi (Mat) to divide
    3.
    dividirse v pron
    a) célula to split; grupo/partido to split up; camino/río to divide
    b) obra/período

    el cuerpo humano se divide en... — the human body is made up of...

    c) ( repartirse) to divide up, share out
    * * *
    = break down, partition, tell out into, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, split up, drive + a wedge between, dissect, segment, split, break out, parcel out, splinter, section, balkanize, rive, rend.
    Ex. The holdings are broken down into several volumes, shown as the next level of the pyramid.
    Ex. Punctuation is present in order to partition the elements of a citation and should contribute to its comprehension.
    Ex. The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.
    Ex. Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.
    Ex. In any case it is best to split up the work among all those involved, having an adult in charge of each group.
    Ex. While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex. GMMA has developed a layered approach to visual indexing that dissects the objects, style and implication of each image, so that the indexing system can accommodate all potential approaches to the material.
    Ex. So, the state-of-the-art in speech recognition requires the speaker to pronounce words with definite pauses between them, or else it starts with segmenting the speech on the basis of its acoustical features.
    Ex. In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.
    Ex. Turnaround managers want current financial and working capital analyses broken out by cost/profit centres.
    Ex. Can libraries parcel out digitization responsibilities among themselves?.
    Ex. The computers in education movement has further splintered rather than integrated these communities.
    Ex. They have achieved this by dividing their building into public-oriented and research-oriented levels and sectioning each level into thematic areas.
    Ex. The scholarly system has become balkanized into autonomous, even antagonistic, cultures or camps based on differing technological competencies and interests.
    Ex. The novel presents a social world riven by contradictions that can best be understood through Marxian categories.
    Ex. Christian Science, a faith that has epitomize a quiet, disciplined spirituality, is being rent by discord.
    ----
    * divide y vencerás = divide-and-conquer.
    * dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.
    * dividir con una cortina = curtain off.
    * dividir en = divide (into), partition into, split into, divide onto.
    * dividir en dos = halve, bisect, rend in + two.
    * dividir en partes = break into + parts.
    * dividir en trozos = split into + bits.
    * dividir en zonas = zone.
    * dividir por medio = rend in + two.
    * dividir + Posesivo + fuerzas = fragment + Posesivo + energies, fragment + Posesivo + energies.
    * dividirse = branch, fork.
    * dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.
    * producir dividendos = pay + dividends.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( partir) to divide

    lo dividió en partes iguales/por la mitad — he divided it (up) into equal portions/in half

    seis dividido por or entre dos es igual a tres — (Mat) six divided by two equals o is three

    b) ( repartir) to divide, share (out)
    c) ( separar)
    d) ( enemistar) <partido/familia> to divide
    2.
    dividir vi (Mat) to divide
    3.
    dividirse v pron
    a) célula to split; grupo/partido to split up; camino/río to divide
    b) obra/período

    el cuerpo humano se divide en... — the human body is made up of...

    c) ( repartirse) to divide up, share out
    * * *
    dividir(en)
    (v.) = divide (into), partition into, split into, divide onto

    Ex: AACR2 divides works of mixed responsibility into two groups.

    Ex: External databases can be partitioned into two major categories: bibliographic and non-bibliographic or full-text databases.
    Ex: The notation is non-expressive, and is split into groups of three digits as in DC.
    Ex: Many databases are divided onto several discs, usually by time period.

    = break down, partition, tell out into, sort out + Nombre + from + Nombre, split up, drive + a wedge between, dissect, segment, split, break out, parcel out, splinter, section, balkanize, rive, rend.

    Ex: The holdings are broken down into several volumes, shown as the next level of the pyramid.

    Ex: Punctuation is present in order to partition the elements of a citation and should contribute to its comprehension.
    Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.
    Ex: Ward's study is likely to remain a standard reference source for years to come, but trying to sort out the generalities from the particularities is a very difficult business.
    Ex: In any case it is best to split up the work among all those involved, having an adult in charge of each group.
    Ex: While the current problems associated with serial economics have driven a wedge between vendors, librarians and publishers, they should be cooperating and communicating in order to withstand the information explosion.
    Ex: GMMA has developed a layered approach to visual indexing that dissects the objects, style and implication of each image, so that the indexing system can accommodate all potential approaches to the material.
    Ex: So, the state-of-the-art in speech recognition requires the speaker to pronounce words with definite pauses between them, or else it starts with segmenting the speech on the basis of its acoustical features.
    Ex: In the mechanised paper fibre process individual pages are soaked and split so that acid-free paper can be put between the two layers.
    Ex: Turnaround managers want current financial and working capital analyses broken out by cost/profit centres.
    Ex: Can libraries parcel out digitization responsibilities among themselves?.
    Ex: The computers in education movement has further splintered rather than integrated these communities.
    Ex: They have achieved this by dividing their building into public-oriented and research-oriented levels and sectioning each level into thematic areas.
    Ex: The scholarly system has become balkanized into autonomous, even antagonistic, cultures or camps based on differing technological competencies and interests.
    Ex: The novel presents a social world riven by contradictions that can best be understood through Marxian categories.
    Ex: Christian Science, a faith that has epitomize a quiet, disciplined spirituality, is being rent by discord.
    * divide y vencerás = divide-and-conquer.
    * dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.
    * dividir con una cortina = curtain off.
    * dividir en = divide (into), partition into, split into, divide onto.
    * dividir en dos = halve, bisect, rend in + two.
    * dividir en partes = break into + parts.
    * dividir en trozos = split into + bits.
    * dividir en zonas = zone.
    * dividir por medio = rend in + two.
    * dividir + Posesivo + fuerzas = fragment + Posesivo + energies, fragment + Posesivo + energies.
    * dividirse = branch, fork.
    * dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.
    * producir dividendos = pay + dividends.

    * * *
    dividir [I1 ]
    vt
    1 (partir) to divide
    dividió la tarta en partes iguales he divided the cake (up) into equal portions
    dividió a la clase en cuatro equipos she divided o split the class (up) into four teams
    seis dividido dos igual tres or seis dividido por dos es igual a tres or seis dividido entre dos es igual a tres ( Mat) six divided by two equals o is three
    divide 96 por or entre 12 ( Mat) divide 96 by 12
    2 (repartir) to divide, share, share out
    dividieron la herencia entre los hermanos the inheritance was shared (out) o divided among the brothers
    3
    (separar): el río divide el pueblo en dos the river cuts o divides the village in two
    4 (apartar, enemistar) to divide
    esa cuestión dividió profundamente al sindicato the issue caused deep division within the union
    los científicos están divididos en esa materia scientists are divided on that subject
    divide y vencerás/reinarás divide and conquer/rule
    ■ dividir
    vi
    ( Mat) to divide
    todavía no sabe dividir she still can't do division, she still doesn't know how to divide
    1 «célula» to split; «grupo/partido» to split up
    nos dividimos en dos grupos we split up into two groups
    el río se divide en dos brazos the river divides into two branches
    no me puedo dividir ( fam); I only have one pair of hands ( colloq), I can't be in two places at once ( colloq)
    2
    «obra/período»: su obra podría dividirse en cuatro períodos básicos his work could be divided into four basic periods
    el cuerpo humano se divide en cabeza, tronco y extremidades the human body is made up of the head, the torso and the extremities
    3 (repartirse) to divide up, share out
    * * *

     

    dividir ( conjugate dividir) verbo transitivo



    c) ( enemistar) ‹partido/familia› to divide

    verbo intransitivo (Mat) to divide
    dividirse verbo pronominal

    [grupo/partido] to split up;
    [camino/río] to divide
    b) dividir en algo [obra/período] to be divided into sth


    dividir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to divide: dividieron la herencia entre los cuatro, they divided the inheritance among the four of them
    tienes que dividir entre tres, you must divide by three
    ' dividir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    descomponer
    - partir
    - rompecabezas
    - seccionar
    - cortar
    - distribuir
    - mitad
    - separar
    English:
    carve up
    - cut
    - divide
    - equally
    - partition
    - quarter
    - separate
    - share
    - split
    - split up
    - tear
    - zone
    - break
    - halve
    - stream
    - way
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [separar] to divide (en into); [átomo] to split (en into);
    dividió la hoja en tres partes she divided the page into three parts;
    dividió a los alumnos en grupos de cinco he split o divided the pupils into groups of five;
    el río divide en dos la ciudad the river divides o splits the city in two
    2. [repartir] to share out ( entre among);
    el resto de los beneficios fue dividido entre los empleados the rest of the profits were shared out o divided among the employees;
    dividimos las tareas domésticas entre todos we shared the household chores between all of us
    3. [desunir] to divide;
    un asunto que tiene dividida a la comunidad científica an issue that has divided the scientific community;
    el testamento dividió a los hermanos the will set the brothers against one another
    4. [en matemáticas] to divide;
    dividir 12 entre 3 divide 12 by 3;
    15 dividido entre o [m5] por 3 igual a 5 15 divided by 3 is 5
    ♦ vi
    [en matemáticas] to divide;
    divide y vencerás divide and rule
    * * *
    v/t divide
    * * *
    1) : to divide, to split
    2) : to distribute, to share out
    * * *
    1. (en general) to divide
    si divido 30 entre 5, el resultado es 6 if I divide 30 by 5, the result is 6
    2. (repartir) to split [pt. & pp. split]

    Spanish-English dictionary > dividir

  • 12 separación

    f.
    1 separation, distance, span, stretch.
    2 separation, division, isolation, divorcement.
    3 separation, dissociation, break-up, breakup.
    4 separation, disunion, estrangement.
    5 partition.
    6 abrus, dissepiment.
    * * *
    1 separation
    2 (espacio) space, gap
    \
    separación matrimonial / separación conyugal legal separation
    * * *
    noun f.
    3) gap
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=división) division
    2) [entre cónyuges, amigos] separation

    separación legal, separación matrimonial — legal separation

    3) (=distancia) gap, space
    4) [de un cargo] removal, dismissal

    tras su separación del cargo — after his removal o dismissal from the post

    separación del servicio — (Mil) discharge

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( división) division

    mamparas de separación — dividing o partition screens

    b) ( espacio) space, gap
    2)
    a) ( ausencia)
    b) ( del matrimonio) separation
    3) (frml) ( de un cargo) dismissal
    * * *
    = departure, displacement, divide, split, disjunction, segregation, separation, shift away from, breakup [break-up], splitting, severance, dismemberment, detachment, balkanization.
    Ex. Accounting for his departures from Panizzi's rules, Jewett explained that some of them 'conform more to rules advocated by Mr. Panizzi than to those finally sanctioned by the Trustees of the Museum'.
    Ex. It is still the same inexorably literal logic which must ultimately glance into the chaos, and small differences create infinite displacements between records.
    Ex. Nevertheless, this basic divide remains a useful distinction between two major categories of indexing systems.
    Ex. The information note may consist of a brief history of a corporate body, highlighting changes in the body's name, mergers with other bodies, splits within or between bodies, etc.
    Ex. Digital technology has ushered us into a ceaseless spiral of change which represents, not so much an evolution, but a formidable disjunction with the analog world.
    Ex. The argument advanced for this segregation is that it facilitates a search for a title, especially when the author is not known.
    Ex. This wide separation of related subject areas is one of the major criticisms of the Dewey scheme.
    Ex. This article discusses the effects of changes in the economy on the distribution of work in libraries which indicate a shift away from its female origins.
    Ex. This concern will likely increase due to the breakup of the Soviet Union and dispersal of its nuclear arsenal and the growth of global nuclear smuggling rings.
    Ex. The most obvious threat is the splitting of the media sector into separate information and entertainment sectors.
    Ex. Examples can be found where exchange of publications remains as the only form of contact after severance of diplomatic and trade relations.
    Ex. This dismemberment of the whole educational process is akin to isolating the atom; in so doing, the true state of the atom is altered.
    Ex. This is the method used in the detachment of graphic art items form albums.
    Ex. This shifts in emphasis mirror the general balkanization of modern American society.
    ----
    * carácter de separación = delimiter, separating character.
    * con una separación de + Número + palabras = within + Número + words of each other.
    * forzar la separación de = coerce + Nombre + away from.
    * punto de separación = cut-off point, stepping-off point, cut off [cutoff].
    * separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * separación de los continentes = continental breakup.
    * separación de servicios = unbundling.
    * separación legal = separation from bed and board, a mensa et thoro.
    * separación mediante papel = paper splitting.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( división) division

    mamparas de separación — dividing o partition screens

    b) ( espacio) space, gap
    2)
    a) ( ausencia)
    b) ( del matrimonio) separation
    3) (frml) ( de un cargo) dismissal
    * * *
    = departure, displacement, divide, split, disjunction, segregation, separation, shift away from, breakup [break-up], splitting, severance, dismemberment, detachment, balkanization.

    Ex: Accounting for his departures from Panizzi's rules, Jewett explained that some of them 'conform more to rules advocated by Mr. Panizzi than to those finally sanctioned by the Trustees of the Museum'.

    Ex: It is still the same inexorably literal logic which must ultimately glance into the chaos, and small differences create infinite displacements between records.
    Ex: Nevertheless, this basic divide remains a useful distinction between two major categories of indexing systems.
    Ex: The information note may consist of a brief history of a corporate body, highlighting changes in the body's name, mergers with other bodies, splits within or between bodies, etc.
    Ex: Digital technology has ushered us into a ceaseless spiral of change which represents, not so much an evolution, but a formidable disjunction with the analog world.
    Ex: The argument advanced for this segregation is that it facilitates a search for a title, especially when the author is not known.
    Ex: This wide separation of related subject areas is one of the major criticisms of the Dewey scheme.
    Ex: This article discusses the effects of changes in the economy on the distribution of work in libraries which indicate a shift away from its female origins.
    Ex: This concern will likely increase due to the breakup of the Soviet Union and dispersal of its nuclear arsenal and the growth of global nuclear smuggling rings.
    Ex: The most obvious threat is the splitting of the media sector into separate information and entertainment sectors.
    Ex: Examples can be found where exchange of publications remains as the only form of contact after severance of diplomatic and trade relations.
    Ex: This dismemberment of the whole educational process is akin to isolating the atom; in so doing, the true state of the atom is altered.
    Ex: This is the method used in the detachment of graphic art items form albums.
    Ex: This shifts in emphasis mirror the general balkanization of modern American society.
    * carácter de separación = delimiter, separating character.
    * con una separación de + Número + palabras = within + Número + words of each other.
    * forzar la separación de = coerce + Nombre + away from.
    * punto de separación = cut-off point, stepping-off point, cut off [cutoff].
    * separación cada vez mayor entre... y = widening of the gap beween.... and, widening gap between... and.
    * separación de los continentes = continental breakup.
    * separación de servicios = unbundling.
    * separación legal = separation from bed and board, a mensa et thoro.
    * separación mediante papel = paper splitting.

    * * *
    A
    1 (división) division
    el río sirve de separación entre las dos fincas the river marks the division between the two estates
    mamparas de separación dividing o partition screens
    la separación de palabras por sílabas the division of words into syllables
    la separación de la Iglesia y del Estado the separation of the Church and the State
    2 (distancia, espacio) space, gap
    Compuesto:
    separation of powers
    B
    1
    (ausencia): se reunieron después de dos meses de separación they met up again after not seeing each other o after being apart for two months o after a two-month period of separation
    2 (del matrimonio) separation
    están tramitando la separación (matrimonial) they are negotiating the separation
    Compuestos:
    division o separation of property
    legal separation
    C (de un cargo) dismissal
    la junta directiva decidió su separación del cargo the board of directors decided to dismiss him from the post
    * * *

    separación sustantivo femenino
    1



    2 ( del matrimonio) separation
    separación sustantivo femenino
    1 separation
    2 (distancia, espacio) space
    una separación de dos centímetros, a gap of two centimeters
    ' separación' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    llevar
    - segregación
    - doloroso
    English:
    apart
    - off
    - parting
    - separation
    - sequence
    - break
    - split
    - wrench
    * * *
    1. [de elementos] separation;
    es conveniente la separación entre el poder judicial y el ejecutivo it's best for the judiciary to be independent from the government
    Imprenta separación de colores colour separation;
    separación de poderes separation o division of powers
    2. [en el tiempo] separation;
    se reunieron tras una separación de tres meses they were reunited after a three month separation;
    se le hizo muy difícil la separación de su compañera durante tanto tiempo he found it very hard being apart from his partner for so long
    3. [matrimonial] separation
    Der separación de bienes separate estates [in matrimony];
    4. [distancia] space, distance;
    deja más separación entre los coches leave more space between the cars;
    hay demasiada separación entre las plantas the plants are too far apart
    5. [de cargo] dismissal;
    fue anunciada su separación del cargo de presidente his removal from presidential office was announced
    * * *
    f separation
    * * *
    1) : separation, division
    2) : gap, space
    * * *
    1. (en general) separation
    tras la separación, él se fue a vivir con sus padres after the separation, he went to live with his parents
    2. (espacio) gap

    Spanish-English dictionary > separación

  • 13 volume

    volume [vɔlym]
    masculine noun
    • le volume des exportations/transactions the volume of exports/trade
    * * *
    vɔlym
    nom masculin
    1) ( grandeur) volume

    faire du volume — [colis, bagages] to be bulky

    2) ( tome) volume
    3) ( intensité) volume
    * * *
    vɔlym nm
    1) (= quantité) volume
    2) (sonore) volume
    3) MATHÉMATIQUE (= solide) solid
    4) (= tome) volume
    * * *
    volume ⇒ Le volume nm
    1 ( grandeur) volume (de of); volume respiratoire Physiol respiratory volume; le volume d'un fleuve the volume of a river's flow; doubler de volume to double in volume; eau oxygénée à 10 volumes 10-volume hydrogen peroxide; donner du volume à ses cheveux to give one's hair body; faire du volume [colis, bagages] to be bulky;
    2 Écon volume; le volume d'activité/d'échanges/des transactions the volume of activity/of trade/of transactions;
    3 ( tome) volume;
    4 ( intensité) volume; monter le volume to turn up the volume; volume sonore/d'enregistrement sound/recording level.
    [vɔlym] nom masculin
    1. [tome] volume
    augmente ou monte le volume turn the sound up
    baisse ou descend le volume turn the sound down
    3. [quantité globale] volume, amount
    4. ART & GÉOMÉTRIE volume
    5. [poids, épaisseur] volume
    [cubage] volume
    volume atomique/moléculaire atomic/molecular volume
    6. INFORMATIQUE [unité] volume

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > volume

  • 14 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 15 pasar

    v.
    1 to pass.
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?
    Pasaron dos horas Two hours went by.
    Yo paso a María I pass Mary (I overtake Mary)
    Un carro pasa A car goes by
    Me pasó una cuchara He=she passed me a spoon (She passed a spoon to me)
    Por fin pasé! I passed at last!
    2 to cross.
    pasar la calle to cross the road
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    3 to go through.
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light
    4 to pass, to go.
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus goes past o passes in front of my house
    el Manzanares pasa por Madrid the Manzanares goes o passes through Madrid
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street
    pasar de… a… to go o pass from… to…
    pasar de largo to go by
    5 to go/come in.
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please
    ¡pase! come in!
    6 to go.
    por ahí no pasa it won't go through there
    7 to go by.
    pasaron tres meses three months went by
    8 to go through, to experience.
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time
    pasarlo mal to have a hard time of it
    Pasé un gran susto I experienced a great scare.
    9 to show in (llevar adentro).
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living room
    10 to show (Cine).
    11 to spend (time).
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday?, where are you going to spend your holidays?
    Yo paso las horas cantando I pass the hours away singing (spend the time...)
    12 to pop in (ir un momento).
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place
    13 to happen.
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may
    Algo pasó Something happened=came to pass.
    14 to be over.
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over
    Pasé muy feliz en la fiesta I was very happy at the party.
    15 to be all right, to be usable.
    puede pasar it'll do
    16 to go away.
    Pasó el mal tiempo the bad weather went away.
    17 to come in, to step in.
    El policía pasó The policeman came in.
    18 to happen to, to occur to.
    Me pasó algo cómico Something funny happened to me..
    19 to keep on, to keep, to carry on.
    Ella pasa bailando todo el tiempo She keeps on dancing all the time.
    20 to skip, to pass.
    Pase ese capítulo Skip that chapter,.
    21 to blow over, to blow itself out, to calm down.
    La tormenta pasó The storm blew over.
    * * *
    1 (ir) to pass, pass by, go
    2 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    ■ ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    3 (entrar) to come in, go in
    ■ pasa, está abierto come in, it's not locked
    4 (cesar) to pass, cease
    ■ si no se te pasa el dolor, llámame if the pain doesn't go away, call me
    ■ tranquila, que ya ha pasado todo don't worry, it's all over now
    5 (límite) to exceed (de, -)
    6 (ocurrir) to happen
    7 (sufrir) to suffer
    1 (trasladar) to move, transfer
    2 (comunicar, dar) to give
    3 (cruzar) to cross
    4 (alcanzar) to pass, reach
    ■ pásame la sal, por favor pass me the salt, please
    5 (aventajar) to surpass, be better than
    6 (adelantar) to overtake
    7 (deslizar) to run
    8 (tolerar) to overlook
    ■ esta vez te la paso, pero que no se repita I'll overlook it this time, but don't let it happen again
    9 (aprobar) to pass
    10 (proyectar) to show
    11 (tiempo - estar) to spend; (- disfrutar, padecer) to have
    1 (desertar) to pass over (a, to)
    2 (pudrirse) to go off
    3 (olvidarse) to forget
    4 (ir) to go by ( por, -), call in ( por, at)
    5 familiar (excederse) to overdo it; (ir demasiado lejos) to go too far (de, -)
    \
    pasar de algo familiar not to be bothered about something
    ■ pasa de todo he couldn't care less about anything, he doesn't give a damn about anything
    pasar de largo to go past
    pasar la página to turn the page
    pasar por to pass for
    pasar por alto to ignore
    pasar por encima de alguien to go over somebody's head
    pasarlo bien to have a good time
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    pasar sin to do without
    pasarse de la raya to go too far, overstep the mark
    * * *
    verb
    2) pass
    3) come in, enter
    6) give
    7) undergo, suffer
    8) omit
    •
    - pasar por alto
    - pasarlo bien
    - pasarlo mal
    - pasarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones pasar lista, pasar de moda, pasar desapercibido, pasarse de rosca etc, ver la otra entrada
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=ocurrir)
    a) [suceso] to happen

    ¿qué pasó? — what happened?

    ¿pasa algo? — is anything up?, is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?

    siempre pasa igual {o} lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿qué pasa? — what's happening?, what's going on?, what's up?; [como saludo] how's things? *

    ¿qué pasa que no entra? — why doesn't she come in?

    ¿qué pasa contigo? — what's up with you?; [como saludo] * how's it going? *

    ¿qué ha pasado con ella? — what's become of her?

    • [lo que] pasa es que... — well, you see..., the thing is that...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    b)

    pasarle a algn: nunca me pasa nada — nothing ever happens to me

    siempre me pasa lo mismo, lo pierdo todo — it's always the same, I keep losing things

    tuvo un accidente, pero por suerte no le pasó nada — he had an accident, but fortunately he wasn't hurt

    esto te pasa por no hacerme caso — this is what comes of not listening to me, this wouldn't have happened (to you) if you'd listened to me

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter?

    ¿qué le pasa a ese? — what's the matter with him?

    2) (=cambiar de lugar)
    a) [objeto]

    • la foto fue pasando de mano en [mano] — the photo was passed around

    b) [persona] to go
    3) (=entrar)

    ¡pase! — come in!; [cediendo el paso] after you!

    no se puede pasar — you can't go through, you can't go in

    • [hacer] pasar a algn — to show sb in

    4) (=transitar)

    ¿a qué hora pasa el cartero? — what time does the postman come?

    ya ha pasado el tren de las cinco — (=sin hacer parada) the five o'clock train has already gone by; (=haciendo parada) the five o'clock train has already been and gone

    ¿ha pasado ya el camión de la basura? — have the dustmen been?

    • pasar [de largo] — to go {o} pass by

    • pasar [por], el autobús pasa por delante de nuestra casa — the bus goes past our house

    5) (=acercarse a)

    • tengo que pasar [por] el banco — I've got to go to the bank

    pasaré por la tienda mañana — I'll go {o} pop into the shop tomorrow

    pasar a ({+ infin})
    6) (=cambiar de situación) to go

    • pasar a [ser] — to become

    7) (=transcurrir) [tiempo] to pass, go by

    han pasado cuatro años — four years have passed {o} gone by

    el tiempo pasa deprisa — time passes {o} goes so quickly

    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! — how time flies!

    8) (=acabar) [problema, situación] to be over; [efectos] to wear off
    9) (=aceptarse)

    puede pasar — it's passable, it's OK

    que me llames carroza, pase, pero fascista, no — you can call me an old fuddy-duddy if you like, but not a fascist

    a) (=atravesar, caber) to go through

    el río pasa por la ciudad — the river flows {o} goes through the city

    b) (=depender de) to depend on

    el futuro de la empresa pasa por este acuerdo — the company's future depends on {o} hangs on this agreement

    c) (=ser considerado) to pass as

    • [hacerse] pasar por — to pass o.s. off as

    11) [otras formas preposicionales]
    pasar a ({+ infin}) (=empezar) pasar de (=exceder)

    no pasan de 60 los que lo tienen — those who have it do not number more than 60, fewer than 60 people have it

    • yo de [ahí] no paso — that's as far as I'm prepared to go

    • de [ésta] no pasa — this is the very last time

    • de [hoy] no pasa que le escriba — I'll write to him this very day

    pasar sin

    tendrá que pasar sin coche — he'll have to get by {o} manage without a car

    12) (Naipes) to pass
    13) esp Esp
    * (=mostrarse indiferente)

    • pasar [de] algo/algn, yo paso de política — I'm not into politics

    paso de ti, chaval — I couldn't care less about you, pal

    2. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=dar, entregar) [gen] to pass; [en una serie] to pass on

    ¿me pasas la sal, por favor? — could you pass (me) the salt, please?

    le pasó el sobre — he handed {o} passed her the envelope

    2) (=traspasar) [+ río, frontera] to cross; [+ límite] to go beyond
    3) (=llevar)
    4) (=hacer atravesar)
    5) (=colar) to strain
    6) (=introducir) [+ moneda falsa] to pass (off); [+ contrabando] to smuggle
    7) (=hacer deslizar)

    pasar la aspiradora por la alfombra — to vacuum the carpet, run the vacuum cleaner over the carpet

    8) (=deslizar) to slip

    le pasó el brazo por los hombros/la cintura — she slipped {o} put her arm around his shoulders/waist

    9) (=contagiar) to give
    10) (=volver) [+ página] to turn
    11) (=escribir)

    • pasar algo a [limpio] — to make a neat {o} fair {o} clean copy of sth

    • pasar algo a [máquina] — to type sth up

    12) (=tragar) (lit) to swallow; (fig) to bear, stand

    no puedo pasar esta pastilla — I can't swallow this pill, I can't get this pill down

    no puedo pasar a ese hombre — I can't bear {o} stand that man

    13) (=tolerar)
    14) (=aprobar) [+ examen] to pass
    15) (=proyectar) [+ película, programa] to show, screen
    16) (=poner en contacto)

    te paso con Pedro — [al mismo teléfono] I'll put you on to Pedro; [a distinto teléfono] I'll put you through to Pedro

    17) (=realizar)

    • pasa [consulta] {o} [visita] a unas 700 personas diarias — he sees 700 patients a day

    revista 3)
    18) (=superar)
    19) (Aut) to pass, overtake
    20) (=omitir)

    • pasar algo por [alto] — to overlook sth

    21) [+ tiempo] to spend
    pasarlo ({+ adv})

    ¡que lo pases bien! — have a good time!, enjoy yourself!

    22) (=dejar atrás)

    hemos pasado el aniversario — the anniversary has passed, the anniversary is behind us

    ya hemos pasado lo peor — we're over the worst now, the worst is behind us now

    23) (=sufrir)
    24) Cono Sur * (=engañar) to cheat, swindle
    3.
    See:
    PASAR En expresiones temporales ► Se traduce por spend cuando pasar tiene un uso transitivo y queremos indicar un período de tiempo concreto, seguido de la actividad que en ese tiempo se desarrolla, o del lugar: Me pasé la tarde escribiendo cartas I spent the evening writing letters Ha pasado toda su vida en el campo He has spent his whole life in the country ► En cambio, cuando se describe la forma en que se pasa el tiempo mediante un adjetivo, se debe emplear en inglés la construcción have + (a) + ((adjetivo)) + ((sustantivo)): Pasamos una tarde entretenida We had a lovely afternoon Pasamos un rato estupendo jugando al squash We had a fantastic time playing squash la expresión pasar el rato se traduce por pass the time: No sé qué hacer para pasar el rato I don't know what to do to pass the time ► Cuando el uso es intransitivo, pasar se traduce por pass {o} go by. A medida que pasaba el tiempo se deprimía cada vez más As time passed o went by, he became more and more depressed Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.
    Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex. Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex. The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex. If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex. Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex. The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex. Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex. Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex. Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex. The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex. At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex. Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex. He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex. If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex. I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex. Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex. Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex. The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex. But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex. Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex. During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex. Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex. A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    ----
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.

    Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

    Ex: Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex: The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex: If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex: Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex: The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex: Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex: Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex: Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex: The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex: At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex: Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex: He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex: If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex: I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex: Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex: Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex: The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex: But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex: Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex: During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex: Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex: A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

    * * *
    pasar [A1 ]
    ■ pasar (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 por un lugar
    2 deteniéndose en un lugar
    3 caber, entrar
    B
    1 transmitirse, transferirse
    2 comunicar
    C entrar
    D
    1 cambiar de estado, actividad, tema
    2 Educación
    3 indicando aceptabilidad
    E exceder un límite
    F
    1 pasar por: ser tenido por
    2 pasar por: implicar
    A
    1 transcurrir
    2 terminar
    B arreglárselas
    Sentido III ocurrir, suceder
    A
    1 en naipes, juegos
    2 rechazando una invitación
    B expresando indiferencia
    ■ pasar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 hacer atravesar
    2 pasar por la aduana
    3 hacer recorrer
    B exhibir, mostrar
    C
    1 cruzar, atravesar
    2 adelantar, sobrepasar
    D aprobar: examen
    E dar la vuelta a
    F tolerar, admitir
    G transcribir
    H engañar
    A entregar, hacer llegar
    B contagiar
    A pasar: tiempo, día etc
    B
    1 sufrir, padecer
    2 pasarlo bien/mal
    ■ pasarse (verbo pronominal)
    A cambiarse
    B
    1 ir demasiado lejos
    2 excederse
    3 lucirse
    C
    1 pasarse: comestibles
    2 Cocina
    A desaparecer
    B «tiempo»
    C olvidarse
    A enfático: con idea de continuidad
    B enfático: ir
    C reflexivo
    vi
    A
    1 (por un lugar) to come/go past
    no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone by o come/gone past
    pasó un coche a toda velocidad a car passed at top speed, a car came/went past at top speed, a car shot o sped past
    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? what time does the milkman come?
    no aparques aquí, que no pueden pasar otros coches don't park here, other cars won't be able to get past
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through
    no dejes pasar esta oportunidad don't miss this chance
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past
    el autobús venía completo y pasó de largo the bus was full and didn't stop o went right o straight past without stopping
    pasó de largo sin siquiera saludar she went right o straight past o ( colloq) she sailed past without even saying hello
    pasar POR algo to go THROUGH sth
    al pasar por la aduana when you go through customs
    prefiero no pasar por el centro I'd rather not go through the city center
    el Tajo pasa por Aranjuez the Tagus flows through Aranjuez
    hay un vuelo directo, no hace falta pasar por Miami there's a direct flight so you don't have to go via Miami
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?
    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? does the number 45 come this way/stop here?
    pasamos justo por delante de su casa we went right past her house
    pasaba por aquí y se me ocurrió hacerte una visita I was just passing by o I was in the area and I thought I'd drop in and see you
    ni me pasó por la imaginación que fuese a hacerlo it didn't even occur to me o it didn't even cross my mind that she would do it
    el país está pasando por momentos difíciles these are difficult times for the country
    ¿podríamos pasar por el supermercado? can we stop off at the supermarket?
    de camino tengo que pasar por la oficina I have to drop in at o stop by the office on the way
    pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier
    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?
    pasar A + INF:
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
    pasaremos a verlos de camino a casa we'll drop by o stop by and see them on the way home, we'll call in o drop in and see them on the way home
    3
    (caber, entrar): no creo que pase por la puerta, es demasiado ancho I don't think it'll go through o I don't think we'll get it through the door, it's too wide
    esta camiseta no me pasa por la cabeza I can't get this T-shirt over my head
    B
    1
    (transmitirse, transferirse): la humedad ha pasado a la habitación de al lado the damp has gone through to the room next door
    el título pasa al hijo mayor the title passes o goes to the eldest son
    la carta ha ido pasando de mano en mano the letter has been passed around (to everyone)
    2
    (comunicar): te paso con Javier (en el mismo teléfono) I'll let you speak to Javier, I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; (en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    C (entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in; (— alejándose del hablante) to go in
    pasa, no te quedes en la puerta come (on) in, don't stand there in the doorway
    ¿se puede? — pase may I come in? — yes, please do
    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!
    ha llegado el señor Díaz — hágalo pasar Mr Díaz is here — show him in please
    ¡no pasarán! ( fr hecha); they shall not pass!
    pueden pasar al comedor you may go through into the dining room
    ¿puedo pasar al baño? may I use the bathroom please?
    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? ( AmL); who's going to come up to the blackboard?
    D
    1 (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema) pasar ( DE algo) A algo:
    en poco tiempo ha pasado del anonimato a la fama in a very short space of time she's gone o shot from obscurity to fame
    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place
    ahora pasa a tercera ( Auto) now change into third
    pasa a la página 98 continued on page 98
    pasando a otra cosa … anyway, to change the subject …
    pasar A + INF:
    el equipo pasa a ocupar el primer puesto the team moves into first place
    pasó a formar parte del equipo en julio she joined the team in July
    más tarde pasó a tratar la cuestión de los impuestos later he went on to deal with the question of taxes
    Daniel ya pasa a tercero Daniel will be starting third grade next semester ( AmE), Daniel will be going into the third year next term ( BrE)
    si pasas de curso te compro una bicicleta if you get through o pass your end-of-year exams, I'll buy you a bicycle
    3
    (indicando aceptabilidad): no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do
    por esta vez (que) pase, pero que no se repita I'll let it pass o go this time, but don't let it happen again
    E (exceder un límite) pasar DE algo:
    no pases de 100 don't go over 100
    fue un pequeño desacuerdo pero no pasó de eso it was nothing more than a slight disagreement, we/they had a slight disagreement, but it was nothing more than that
    estuvo muy cortés conmigo pero no pasó de eso he was very polite, but no more
    tengo que escribirle, de hoy no pasa I must write to him today without fail
    está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day
    yo diría que no pasa de los 30 I wouldn't say he was more than 30
    al principio no pasábamos de nueve empleados there were only nine of us working there/here at the beginning
    no pasan de ser palabras vacías they are still nothing but empty words o still only empty words
    1
    (ser tenido por): pasa por tonto, pero no lo es he might look stupid, but he isn't
    podrían pasar por hermanas they could pass for sisters
    se hacía pasar por médico he passed himself off as a doctor
    se hizo pasar por mi padre he pretended to be my father
    2 (implicar) to lie in
    la solución pasa por la racionalización de la industria the solution lies in the rationalization of the industry
    A «tiempo»
    1
    (transcurrir): ya han pasado dos horas y aún no ha vuelto it's been two hours now and she still hasn't come back
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    por ti no pasan los años you look as young as ever
    pasaban las horas y no llegaba the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come
    2
    (terminar): menos mal que el invierno ya ha pasado thank goodness winter's over
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    no llores, ya pasó don't cry, it's all right now o it's all over now
    B
    (arreglárselas): ¿compro más o podemos pasar con esto? shall I buy some more or can we get by on o make do with this?
    sin electricidad podemos pasar, pero sin agua no we can manage o do without electricity but not without water
    Sentido III (ocurrir, suceder) to happen
    déjame que te cuente lo que pasó let me tell you what happened
    claro que me gustaría ir, lo que pasa es que estoy cansada of course I'd like to go, only I'm really tired o it's just that I'm really tired
    lo que pasa es que el jueves no voy a estar the thing is o the problem is I won't be here on Thursday
    iré pase lo que pase I'm going whatever happens o come what may
    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? what happened about the watch?
    ahora se dan la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada now just shake hands and let's forget the whole thing
    en este pueblo nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens in this town
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same
    ¿qué pasa? ¿por qué estás tan serio? what's up o what's the matter? why are you looking so serious?
    se lo dije yo ¿pasa algo? I told him, what of it o what's it to you? ( colloq), I told him, do you have a problem with that? ( colloq)
    ¡hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? ( fam); hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? ( colloq)
    no te hagas mala sangre, son cosas que pasan don't get upset about it, these things happen
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿qué te ha pasado en el ojo? what have you done to your eye?, what's happened to your eye?
    ¿qué le pasará a Ricardo que tiene tan mala cara? I wonder what's up with o what's the matter with Ricardo? he looks terrible ( colloq)
    ¿qué te pasa que estás tan callado? why are you so quiet?
    ¿qué le pasa a la lavadora que no centrifuga? why isn't the washing machine spinning?
    no sé qué me pasa I don't know what's wrong o what's the matter with me
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody
    el coche quedó destrozado pero a él no le pasó nada the car was wrecked but he escaped unhurt
    A
    1 (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    paso, no tengo tréboles pass o I can't go, I don't have any clubs
    2 ( fam)
    (rechazando una invitación, una oportunidad): tómate otra — no, gracias, esta vez paso have another one — no thanks, I'll skip this one o I'll pass on this round ( colloq)
    ¿vas a tomar postre? — no, yo paso are you going to have a dessert? — no, I think I'll give it a miss o no, I couldn't
    pasar DE algo:
    esta noche paso de salir, estoy muy cansada I don't feel like going out tonight, I'm very tired ( colloq)
    B ( fam)
    (expresando indiferencia): que se las arreglen, yo paso they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem o I don't want anything to do with it
    pasar DE algo:
    pasa ampliamente de lo que diga la gente she couldn't give a damn about o she couldn't care less what people say ( colloq)
    paso mucho de política I couldn't give a damn about politics ( colloq)
    ( esp Esp): paso de él I don't give a damn what he does/what happens to him ( colloq)
    mis padres pasan de mí my parents couldn't care less what I do/what happens to me
    ■ pasar
    vt
    A
    1 (hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo:
    pasar la salsa por un tamiz put the sauce through a sieve, sieve the sauce
    pasé la piña por la licuadora I put the pineapple through the blender, I liquidized o blended the pineapple
    pasa el cordón por este agujero thread the shoelace through this hole
    2
    (por la aduana): ¿cuántas botellas de vino se puede pasar? how many bottles of wine are you allowed to take through?
    los pillaron intentando pasar armas they were caught trying to smuggle o bring in arms
    3
    (hacer recorrer): pasé la aspiradora por el cuarto I vacuumed o ( BrE) tb hoovered the room
    ven aquí, que te voy a pasar un peine come here and let me give your hair a quick comb o let me put a comb through your hair
    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe, wipe the floor down
    pasarlo primero por harina first dip it in flour
    a esto hay que pasarle una plancha this needs a quick iron o ( colloq) a quick once-over o run over with the iron
    B (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    las chicas que pasaron los modelos the girls who modeled the dresses
    C
    1 (cruzar, atravesar) ‹frontera› to cross
    pasaron el río a nado they swam across the river
    esa calle la pasamos hace rato we went past o we passed that street a while back
    ¿ya hemos pasado Flores? have we been through Flores yet?
    2 (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake
    a ver si podemos pasar a este camión why don't we overtake o get past o pass this truck?
    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father
    D (aprobar) ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    E (dar la vuelta a) ‹página/hoja› to turn
    F ( fam)
    (tolerar, admitir): esto no te lo paso I'm not letting you get away with this
    el profesor no te deja pasar ni una the teacher doesn't let you get away with anything
    a ese tipo no lo paso or no lo puedo pasar I can't stand o take that guy ( colloq)
    yo el Roquefort no lo paso I can't stand Roquefort, I hate Roquefort
    no podía pasar aquella sopa grasienta I couldn't stomach o eat that greasy soup
    pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook, forget about; (olvidar, omitir) to forget, leave out, omit, overlook
    G
    (transcribir): tendré que pasar la carta I'll have to write o copy the letter out again
    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? could you type this for me?
    limpio1 adj A 3. (↑ limpio (1))
    H ( AmL) (engañar) to put one over on ( colloq)
    se cree que me va a pasar a mí he thinks he can put one over on me
    A
    (entregar, hacer llegar): cuando termines el libro, pásaselo a Miguel when you finish the book, pass it on to Miguel
    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    ¿han pasado ya la factura? have they sent the bill yet?, have they billed you/us yet?
    le pasó el balón a Gómez he passed the ball to Gómez
    el padre le pasa una mensualidad she gets a monthly allowance from her father, her father gives her a monthly allowance
    B (contagiar) ‹gripe/resfriado› to give
    se lo pasé a toda la familia I gave it to o passed it on to the whole family
    A ‹tiempo› to spend
    vamos a pasar las Navidades en casa we are going to spend Christmas at home
    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day
    B
    1
    (sufrir, padecer): pasaron muchas penalidades they went through o suffered a lot of hardship
    pasé mucho miedo I was very frightened
    ¿pasaste frío anoche? were you cold last night?
    pasamos hambre en la posguerra we went hungry after the war
    está pasando una mala racha he's going through bad times o ( BrE) a bad patch ( colloq)
    no sabes las que pasé yo con ese hombre you've no idea what I went through with that man
    2
    pasarlo or pasarla bien/mal: lo pasa muy mal con los exámenes he gets very nervous o ( colloq) gets in a real state about exams
    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?
    Caín, negro1 (↑ negro (1)), pipa, etc
    A
    (cambiarse): pasarse al enemigo/al bando contrario to go over to the enemy/to the other side
    queremos pasarnos a la otra oficina we want to move to the other office
    B
    1
    (ir demasiado lejos): nos hemos pasado, el banco está más arriba we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this
    nos pasamos de estación/parada we missed o went past our station/stop
    2 ( fam) (excederse) to go too far
    esta vez te has pasado you've gone too far this time
    no te pases que no estoy para bromas that's enough o don't push your luck ( colloq), I'm not in the mood for jokes
    se pasaron con los precios they charged exorbitant prices, the prices they charged were way over the top o way out of line ( colloq)
    se pasó con la sal he put too much salt in it, he overdid the salt ( colloq)
    pasarse DE algo:
    se pasó de listo he tried to be too clever ( colloq)
    te pasas de bueno you're too kind for your own good
    3
    (CS fam) (lucirse): ¡te pasaste! esto está riquísimo you've excelled yourself! this is really delicious ( colloq)
    se pasó con ese gol that was a fantastic goal he scored ( colloq)
    C
    1 «peras/tomates» to go bad, get overripe; «carne/pescado» to go off, go bad; «leche» to go off, go sour
    estos plátanos se están pasando these bananas are starting to go bad o to get overripe
    2 ( Cocina):
    se va a pasar el arroz the rice is going to spoil o get overcooked
    no lo dejes pasar de punto don't let it overcook
    Sentido II (+ me/te/le etc)
    A
    (desaparecer): ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now
    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down
    hasta que se le pase la fiebre until her temperature goes down
    B
    «tiempo»: sus clases se me pasan volando her classes seem to go so quickly
    se me pasaron las tres horas casi sin enterarme the three hours flew by almost without my realizing
    C
    (olvidarse): lo siento, se me pasó totalmente I'm sorry, I completely forgot o it completely slipped my mind
    se me pasó su cumpleaños I forgot his birthday
    (con idea de continuidad): se pasa meses sin ver a su mujer he goes for months at a time o he goes months without seeing his wife, he doesn't see his wife for months on end
    se pasa hablando por teléfono ( AmL); he's always on the telephone
    me pasé toda la noche estudiando I was up all night studying
    es capaz de pasarse el día entero sin probar bocado he can quite easily go the whole day without having a thing to eat
    pasárselo bien/mal, etc pasar vt Sense III B 2.
    B ( enfático) ( fam)
    (ir): pásate por casa y te la presento come round and I'll introduce you to her ( colloq)
    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?, could you pop o nip down to the market? ( BrE colloq)
    C ( reflexivo):
    se pasó la mano por el pelo he ran his fingers through his hair
    ni siquiera tuve tiempo de pasarme un peine I didn't even have time to run a comb through my hair o ( BrE) to give my hair a comb
    * * *

     

    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían pasar the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past;
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ pasar de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga pasar al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ pasar de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasaron muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) pasar sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasarle una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    ' pasar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achicharrarse
    - ahorrar
    - amarga
    - amargo
    - aro
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bondad
    - cabalgata
    - cadáver
    - calor
    - cocerse
    - colar
    - desapercibida
    - desapercibido
    - desfilar
    - deslizar
    - entretenerse
    - historia
    - inadvertida
    - inadvertido
    - inri
    - mayor
    - meneo
    - noche
    - penalidad
    - posibilidad
    - privación
    - rato
    - relámpago
    - revista
    - rozar
    - salvar
    - suceder
    - superar
    - suplantar
    - suprimir
    - tamiz
    - tener
    - tesorería
    - tirarse
    - torniquete
    - trago
    - verter
    - vestidura
    - vicaría
    - vida
    - vivir
    - adiós
    - alcanzar
    English:
    ask in
    - bootleg
    - bring in
    - brush
    - buck
    - by
    - call
    - clamber
    - clear
    - come
    - come by
    - come on to
    - decide on
    - discount
    - do without
    - drag
    - dread
    - drive-through
    - elapse
    - embarrassment
    - envisage
    - envision
    - fashion
    - fill in
    - fly
    - fore
    - gallop past
    - get by
    - get on to
    - get onto
    - get past
    - get through
    - gloss over
    - go
    - go along
    - go by
    - go on
    - go out
    - go through
    - go under
    - graze
    - hand on
    - hang out
    - happen
    - have
    - hibernate
    - hideous
    - holiday
    - Hoover
    - hungry
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dar, transmitir] to pass;
    [noticia, aviso] to pass on;
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?;
    pásame toda la información que tengas give me o let me have all the information you've got;
    no se preocupe, yo le paso el recado don't worry, I'll pass on the message to him;
    páseme con el encargado [al teléfono] could you put me through to o could I speak to the person in charge?;
    le paso (con él) [al teléfono] I'll put you through (to him);
    Valdez pasó el balón al portero Valdez passed the ball (back) to the keeper;
    pasan sus conocimientos de generación en generación they pass down their knowledge from one generation to the next;
    el Estado le pasa una pensión she gets a pension from the State;
    pasa la cuerda por ese agujero pass the rope through this hole;
    hay que pasar las maletas por la máquina de rayos X your luggage has to go through the X-ray machine;
    pase las croquetas por huevo coat the croquettes with egg;
    pasar el cepillo por el suelo to scrub the floor;
    pasa un paño por la mesa give the table a wipe with a cloth;
    unas vacaciones pasadas por agua a Br holiday o US vacation when it rained the whole time;
    se dedican a pasar tabaco de contrabando/inmigrantes ilegales por la frontera they smuggle tobacco/illegal immigrants across the border
    2. [contagiar]
    pasar algo a alguien to give sb sth, to give sth to sb;
    me has pasado el resfriado you've given me your cold
    3. [cruzar] to cross;
    pasar la calle/la frontera to cross the road/border;
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    4. [rebasar, sobrepasar] [en el espacio, tiempo] to go through;
    ¿hemos pasado ya la frontera? have we gone past o crossed the border yet?;
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light;
    al pasar el parque gire a su izquierda once you're past the park, turn left, turn left after the park;
    ya ha pasado los veinticinco he's over twenty-five now;
    mi hijo me pasa ya dos centímetros my son is already two centimetres taller than me
    5. [adelantar] [corredores, vehículos] to overtake;
    pasa a esa furgoneta en cuanto puedas overtake that van as soon as you can
    6. [trasladar]
    pasar algo a to move sth to;
    hay que pasar todos estos libros al estudio we have to take all these books through to the study, we have to move all these books to the study
    7. [conducir adentro] to show in;
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living-room
    8. [hacer avanzar] [páginas de libro] to turn;
    [hojas sueltas] to turn over;
    pasar página to make a fresh start
    9. [mostrar] [película, diapositivas, reportaje] to show
    10. [emplear] [tiempo] to spend;
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome;
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday o US vacation?, where are you going to spend your holidays o US vacation?;
    pasé la noche trabajando I worked all night, I spent the whole night working;
    he pasado muy buenos ratos con él I've had some very good times with him
    11. [experimentar] to go through, to experience;
    hemos pasado una racha muy mala we've gone o been through a very bad spell o Br patch;
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared;
    ¿has pasado la varicela? have you had chickenpox?;
    ¿qué tal lo has pasado? did you have a nice time?, did you enjoy yourselves?;
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien! have a nice time!, enjoy yourself!;
    lo hemos pasado muy mal últimamente we've had a hard time of it recently;
    Fam
    pasarlas canutas to have a rough time
    12. [superar] to pass;
    muy pocos pasaron el examen/la prueba very few people passed the exam/test;
    hay que pasar un reconocimiento médico you have to pass a medical;
    no pasamos la eliminatoria we didn't get through the tie
    13. [consentir]
    pasar algo a alguien to let sb get away with sth;
    que me engañes no te lo paso I'm not going to let you get away with cheating me;
    este profesor no te deja pasar (ni) una you can't get away with anything with this teacher;
    pasar algo por alto [adrede] to pass over sth;
    [sin querer] to miss sth out
    14. [transcribir]
    pasar algo a limpio to make a fair copy of sth, to write sth out neatly;
    yo te lo paso a máquina I'll type it up for you;
    pasar un documento Esp [m5] al ordenador o Am [m5] a la computadora to type o key a document (up) on the computer
    15. RP Fam [engañar] to diddle;
    están siempre tratando de pasarte con el vuelto they always try to short-change you o diddle you over the change
    ♦ vi
    1. [ir, moverse] to pass, to go;
    vimos pasar a un hombre corriendo we saw a man run past;
    ¿cuándo pasa el camión de la basura? when do the Br dustmen o US garbage collectors come?;
    deja pasar a la ambulancia let the ambulance past;
    ¿me deja pasar, por favor? may I come past, please?;
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side;
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street;
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus passes in front of o goes past my house;
    ¿qué autobuses pasan por aquí? which buses go past here?, which buses can you catch from here?;
    el Támesis pasa por Londres the Thames flows through London;
    yo sólo pasaba por aquí I was just passing by;
    pasaba por allí y entré a saludar I was in the area, so I stopped by to say hello;
    pasar de largo to go straight by
    2. [entrar] to go/come in;
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please;
    lo siento, no se puede pasar sorry, you can't go in there/come in here;
    pasamos a un salón muy grande we entered a very large living-room;
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?;
    ¿puedo pasar al cuarto de baño? can I use the bathroom?;
    ¡pase!, Méx [m5]¡pásale/pásele! come in!;
    hazlos pasar show them in;
    RP
    pasar al pizarrón to go/come to the blackboard
    3. [caber] to go ( por through);
    por ahí no pasa este armario this wardrobe won't go through there
    4. [acercarse, ir un momento] to pop in;
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place;
    pasa por la farmacia y compra aspirinas pop into the Br chemist's o US pharmacy and buy some aspirin;
    pasé a verla al hospital I dropped in at the hospital to see her;
    pase a por el vestido o [m5] a recoger el vestido el lunes you can come and pick the dress up on Monday
    5. [suceder] to happen;
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?;
    ¿qué pasa? [¿qué ocurre?] what's the matter?;
    Fam [al saludar a alguien] how's it going?; Méx Fam
    ¿qué pasó? [¿qué tal?] how's it going?;
    ¿qué pasa con esas cervezas? where have those beers got to?, what's happened to those beers?;
    no te preocupes, no pasa nada don't worry, it's OK;
    aquí nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens here;
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?;
    ¿le pasó algo al niño? did something happen to the child?;
    ¿qué te pasa en la pierna? what's wrong with your leg?;
    eso te pasa por mentir that's what you get for lying;
    lo que pasa es que… the thing is…;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa lo mismo, pasa lo de siempre it's always the same;
    dense la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada shake hands and just forget the whole thing (as if it had never happened)
    6. [terminar] to be over;
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now;
    cuando pase el dolor when the pain passes o stops;
    la tormenta ya ha pasado the storm is over now;
    el efecto de estos fármacos pasa enseguida these drugs wear off quickly
    7. [transcurrir] to go by;
    pasaron tres meses three months went by;
    cuando pase un rato te tomas esta pastilla take this tablet after a little while;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!
    8. [cambiar]
    pasar de… a… [de lugar, estado, propietario] to go o pass from… to…;
    pasamos del último puesto al décimo we went (up) from last place to tenth;
    pasa de la depresión a la euforia she goes from depression to euphoria;
    pasó a formar parte del nuevo equipo he joined the new team;
    pasar a [nueva actividad, nuevo tema] to move on to;
    pasemos a otra cosa let's move on to something else;
    ahora pasaré a explicarles cómo funciona esta máquina now I'm going to explain to you how this machine works;
    Alicia pasa a (ser) jefa de personal Alicia will become personnel manager;
    pasar de curso o [m5] al siguiente curso = to pass one's end-of-year exams and move up a year
    9. [ir más allá, sobrepasar]
    si pasas de 160, vibra el volante if you go faster than 160, the steering wheel starts to vibrate;
    yo creo que no pasa de los cuarenta años I doubt she's older than forty;
    no pasó de ser un aparatoso accidente sin consecuencias the accident was spectacular but no-one was hurt
    10. [conformarse, apañarse]
    pasar (con/sin algo) to make do (with/without sth);
    tendrá que pasar sin coche she'll have to make do without a car;
    ¿cómo puedes pasar toda la mañana sólo con un café? how can you last all morning on just a cup of coffee?;
    no sabe pasar sin su familia he can't cope without his family
    11. [experimentar]
    hemos pasado por situaciones de alto riesgo we have been in some highly dangerous situations
    12. [tolerar]
    pasar por algo to put up with sth;
    ¡yo por ahí no paso! I draw the line at that!
    13. [ser considerado]
    pasa por ser uno de los mejores tenistas del momento he is considered to be one of the best tennis players around at the moment;
    hacerse pasar por alguien/algo to pretend to be sb/sth, to pass oneself off as sb/sth
    14. Fam [prescindir]
    pasar de algo/alguien to want nothing to do with sth/sb;
    paso de política I'm not into politics;
    ¡ése pasa de todo! he couldn't care less about anything!;
    paso de ir al cine hoy I can't be bothered going to o Br I don't fancy the cinema today;
    paso olímpicamente o [m5] ampliamente de hacerlo I'm damned if I'm going to do it
    15. [en naipes] to pass
    16. [servir, valer]
    puede pasar it'll do;
    por esta vez pase, pero que no vuelva a ocurrir I'll overlook it this time, but I don't want it to happen again
    17. Méx Fam [gustar]
    me pasa ese cantante I think that singer's great
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 pass;
    pasar la mano por run one’s hand through
    2 el tiempo spend;
    para pasar el tiempo (in order) to pass the time;
    pasarlo bien have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien!, ¡a pasarlo bien! enjoy yourself!, have fun o a good time!
    3 un lugar pass, go past; frontera cross
    4 problemas, dificultades experience
    5 AUTO ( adelantar) pass, Br
    overtake
    6 una película show
    :
    le paso al Sr. Galvez I’ll put you through to Mr. Galvez
    8
    :
    II v/i
    1 ( suceder) happen;
    ¿qué ha pasado? what’s happened?;
    ¿qué pasa? what’s happening?, what’s going on?;
    ¿qué te pasa? what’s the matter?;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over;
    en el viaje nos pasó de todo fam just about everything happened on that trip, it was a very eventful trip
    2 en juegos pass
    3
    :
    ¡pasa!, ¡pase usted! come in!;
    pasé a visitarla I dropped by to see her;
    pasar por go by;
    pasa por aquí come this way;
    pasé por la tienda I stopped off at the shop;
    pasaré por tu casa I’ll drop by your house
    4
    :
    5 fam
    :
    pasar de alguien not want anything to do with s.o.;
    paso de ir al gimnasio I can’t be bothered to go to the gym
    6
    :
    pasar de los 60 años be over 60 (years old);
    pasar de moda go out of fashion;
    hacerse pasar por pass o.s. off as;
    poder pasar sin algo be able to get by o to manage without sth;
    puede pasar it’s OK, it’ll do
    * * *
    pasar vi
    1) : to pass, to go by, to come by
    2) : to come in, to enter
    ¿se puede pasar?: may we come in?
    3) : to happen
    ¿qué pasa?: what's happening?, what's going on?
    4) : to manage, to get by
    5) : to be over, to end
    6)
    pasar de : to exceed, to go beyond
    7)
    pasar por : to pretend to be
    pasar vt
    1) : to pass, to give
    ¿me pasas la sal?: would you pass me the salt?
    2) : to pass (a test)
    3) : to go over, to cross
    4) : to spend (time)
    5) : to tolerate
    6) : to go through, to suffer
    7) : to show (a movie, etc.)
    8) : to overtake, to pass, to surpass
    9) : to pass over, to wipe up
    pasarla bien : to have a good time
    pasarla mal : to have a bad time, to have a hard time
    pasar por alto : to overlook, to omit
    * * *
    pasar vb
    1. (entrar) to go in / to come in [pt. came; pp. come]
    ¡pase! come in!
    2. (transcurrir) to pass / to go by
    3. (ocupar un tiempo) to spend [pt. & pp. spent]
    4. (andar, moverse) to pass / to go past
    ¿por dónde pasa el autobús? which way does the bus go?
    ¿a qué hora pasa el tren? what time's the train?
    5. (ir, visitar) to go / to stop by [pt. & pp. stopped] / to go
    6. (cruzar) to cross
    7. (dar, hacer llegar) to pass / to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¿me pasas la sal? can you pass the salt?
    8. (llevar, mover) to move
    9. (sufrir) to be / to have
    10. (aprobar) to pass
    12. (terminar) to be over
    13. (arreglárselas) to manage / to get by
    14. (ocurrir) to happen
    ¿qué te ha pasado? what happened to you?
    ¿qué pasa? what's going on? / what's the matter?
    15. (cambiar) to change / to go
    16. (exceder) to be over
    pasar / pasar de algo not to care / not to be bothered

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasar

  • 16 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 17 долен

    1. lower, under, bottom. (attr.)
    най- долен lowest, lowermost, nethermost
    долен етаж a lower floor
    на долния етаж on the floor below, below stairs
    долен зъб a lower tooth
    долен клас a lower form
    от по- долен чин of an inferior/lower rank
    долен ъгъл (на страница) a bottom corner
    долна камара lower chamber, ( в Англия) the House of Commons, ( в Америка) the House of Representatives
    долна устна a lower/bottom lip
    долна челюст a lower/an under jaw
    долни дрехи underwear, underclothes, underclothing, undergarments, (body) linen
    долна фуста petticoat, underskirt
    по долни гащи прен. with o.'s pants down
    3. (долнокачествен) bad, poor. inferior
    4. (низък, подъл) mean, mean-spirited, base, base-minded, ignoble, vile, desplicable, contemptible
    разг. low-down
    долен човек an ignoble man
    долна лъжа a cowardly lie
    (в подземния свят) in the underground world
    * * *
    до̀лен,
    прил., -на, -но, -ни 1. lower, under, bottom (attr.); \доленен зъб lower tooth; \доленен ъгъл (на страница) bottom corner; Долна ка̀мара парлам. lower chamber, (в Англия) the House of Commons, (в САЩ) the House of Representatives; \доленна устна lower/bottom lip; \доленна челюст lower/under jaw; \доленното течение (на река) the lower course/reaches (of a river); на \доленния етаж on the floor below, below stairs; най-\доленен lowest, lowermost, nethermost, undermost; от по-\доленен чин of an inferior/lower rank; по-\доленен lower; по-\доленна съдебна инстанция lower court; по \доленното течение на Дунав on the lower Danube;
    2. (за дрехи): \доленна риза undershirt; \доленна фуста petticoat, underskirt; \доленни гащи drawers, (under)pants; \доленни дрехи underwear, underclothes, underclothing, undergarments, (body) linen; по \доленни гащи прен. with o.’s pants down; събличам се по \доленни дрехи strip to o.’s undergarments;
    3. ( долнокачествен) bad, poor, inferior; sl. grotty;
    4. ( низък, подъл) mean, mean-spirited, base, base-minded, ignoble, vile, villainous, despicable, contemptible; execrable; разг. low-down, crummy; \доленен човек ignoble man; \доленна лъжа cowardly lie; \доленни намерения base designs; \доленни нападки vile attacks; \доленни подбуди vile motives; успявам с най-\доленни средства succeed by foul means; • на \доленния свят here on earth; (в подземния свят) in the underground world.
    * * *
    abject ; blackguardly ; contemptible ; gross {gros}; ignoble ; inferior (по място); low ; mangy (подъл); mean-spirited ; reptile {`reptail} (низък); scummy ; under ; vile ; villainous ; yellow {`yelxu}
    * * *
    1. (в подземния свят) in the underground world 2. (долнокачествен) bad, poor. inferior 3. (за дрехи): долни дрехи underwear, underclothes, underclothing, undergarments. (body) linen 4. (низък, подъл) mean, mean-spirited, base, base-minded, ignoble, vile, desplicable, contemptible 5. lower, under, bottom. (attr.) 6. ДОЛЕН етаж a lower floor 7. ДОЛЕН зъб a lower tooth 8. ДОЛЕН клас a lower form 9. ДОЛЕН човек an ignoble man 10. ДОЛЕН ъгъл (на страница) a bottom corner 11. долна камара lower chamber, (в Англия) the House of Commons, (в Америка) the House of Representatives 12. долна лъжа a cowardly lie 13. долна постъпка a mean action 14. долна риза undershirt 15. долна устна a lower/ bottom lip 16. долна фуста petticoat, underskirt 17. долна челюст a lower/an under jaw 18. долни гащи drawers, (under)pants 19. долни намерения base designs 20. долни нападки vile attacks 21. долни подбуди vile motives 22. долно качество poor quality 23. долното течение (на река) the lower course/reaches (of a river) 24. на долния етаж on the floor below, below stairs 25. на долния свят here on earth 26. най-ДОЛЕН lowest, lowermost, nethermost 27. от по-ДОЛЕН чин of an inferior/lower rank 28. пo долни гащи прен. with o.'s pants down 29. пo долното течение на Дунава on the lower Danube 30. пo-ДОЛЕН lower 31. по-долна съдебна инстанция a lower court 32. разг. low-down 33. събличам се по долни дрехи strip to o.'s undergarments 34. успявам с най-долни средства succeed by foul means

    Български-английски речник > долен

  • 18 descampado

    adj.
    cloudless, clear.
    m.
    1 open country.
    juegan al fútbol en un descampado they play football on an area of waste ground
    2 open space, piece of empty ground.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: descampar.
    * * *
    1 open
    1 open space, open field
    \
    al/en descampado in the open country
    ————————
    1 open space, open field
    * * *
    SM open space, area of empty ground
    * * *
    a) ( terreno) area o piece of open ground o land
    b)

    al descampado — (AmS) < dormir> in the open (air)

    * * *
    = waste piece of land, piece of wasteland, waste ground, piece of open ground.
    Ex. Just outside the town lies a waste piece of land now used as a drying ground for linen and as a playground by the small fry of the neighbourhood.
    Ex. People grow food in allotments and on high-rise rooftops, on river banks and roadside verges, in parks and market gardens and any piece of wasteland they can find.
    Ex. Police are investigating the discovery of a man's body on waste ground behind a supermarket.
    Ex. It may have been the only piece of open ground in the area at that time large enough for the battle.
    * * *
    a) ( terreno) area o piece of open ground o land
    b)

    al descampado — (AmS) < dormir> in the open (air)

    * * *
    = waste piece of land, piece of wasteland, waste ground, piece of open ground.

    Ex: Just outside the town lies a waste piece of land now used as a drying ground for linen and as a playground by the small fry of the neighbourhood.

    Ex: People grow food in allotments and on high-rise rooftops, on river banks and roadside verges, in parks and market gardens and any piece of wasteland they can find.
    Ex: Police are investigating the discovery of a man's body on waste ground behind a supermarket.
    Ex: It may have been the only piece of open ground in the area at that time large enough for the battle.

    * * *
    1 (terreno) area o piece of open ground o land
    en un descampado cerca del río on a piece o an area of open ground o land near the river, on some open ground o land near the river
    2
    al descampado ( AmS); ‹dormir› in the open, in the open air
    * * *

    descampado sustantivo masculino
    a) ( terreno) area o piece of open ground o land

    b)


    descampado sustantivo masculino waste ground
    * * *
    piece of open ground;
    juegan al fútbol en un descampado they play football on an area o a patch of waste ground
    * * *
    m open ground
    * * *
    descampado n area of open ground

    Spanish-English dictionary > descampado

  • 19 λούω

    λούω (s. prec. entry; Hom.+) fut. λούσω LXX; 1 aor. ἔλουσα. Pass. 1 aor. 2 sg. ἐλούσθης Ezk 16:4; pf. ptc. λελουμένος J 13:10 and λελουσμένος Hb 10:22 (B-D-F §70, 3; W-S. §13, 1; Mlt-H. 248; Helbing 100f)
    ① to use water to cleanse a body of physical impurity, wash, as a rule of the whole body, bathe
    ⓐ act., abs. of the washing of a corpse (Hom. et al.) Ac 9:37; GPt 6:24. Of persons who have been scourged ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν he washed their wounds (lit., ‘by washing he freed them from the effects of the blows’) Ac 16:33 (on the constr. w. ἀπό s. 3 below. Also Antig. Car. 163 of Europa: λούσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς μίξεως=wash off the traces of intercourse with Zeus). For Rv 1:5 v.l. s. 3.
    ⓑ mid. I wash myself, I bathe myself (Hom. et al.) lit., of man or beast: of a woman λουομένη εἰς τὸν ποταμόν bathing in the river Hv 1, 1, 2 (λ. εἰς also Ptolem. Euerg. II [II B.C.]: 234 Fgm. 3 Jac.; Alciphron 3, 7, 1 λουσάμενοι εἰς τὸ βαλανεῖον; Cyranides p. 57, 6; Iren. 3, 3, 4 [Harv. II 13, 11 and 12]). ὗς λουσαμένη 2 Pt 2:22 (s. βόρβορος 2).
    ② to use water in a cultic manner for purification, wash oneself, bathe oneself, cleanse, bathe, mid., of cultic washings
    ⓐ (Soph., Ant. 1201 τὸν μὲν λούσαντες ἁγνὸν λουτρόν; Apollon. Rhod. 3, 1203 λοέσσατο ποταμοῖο … θείοιο … before the sacrifice Jason washed himself clean of pollution, in the divine river; Plut., Mor. 264d λούσασθαι πρὸ τῆς θυσίας; Ael. Aristid. 33, 32 K.=51 p. 582 D.: πρὸς θεῶν λούσασθαι κέρδος ἐστὶ ζῶντα, ὸ̔ καὶ τελευτήσαντι μένει; Dssm., NB 54 [BS 226f] cites for this usage three ins, all of which have the mid., two in combination w. ἀπό τινος; Sb 4127, 14 ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἁγίῳ τῷ τῆς ἀθανασίας ὕδατι λουσάμενος; Ramsay, Exp. 7th ser., 8, 1909, p. 280, 1; LXX; Jos., Vi. 11 λ. πρὸς ἁγνείαν) of the act of purification necessary before entering the temple Ox 840, 14; 19; 24f (ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τοῦ Δαυίδ); 32 (ὕδασιν). ὁ λελουμένος the one who has bathed (in contrast to the one who has his feet washed, and with allusion to the cleansing of the whole body in baptism [λελουμένος ‘newly bathed, after the bath’ Hdt. 1, 126; Aristoph., Lysist. 1064; Plut., Mor. 958b λουσαμένοις ἢ νιψαμένοις; Lev 15:11 τ. χεῖρας νίπτεσθαι, λούεσθαι τὸ σῶμα]; difft. HWindisch, Johannes u. d. Synoptiker 1926, 77. On foot-washing s. also GKnight, Feetwashing: Enc. of Rel. and Ethics V 814–23; PFiebig, Αγγελος III 1930, 121–28; BBacon, ET 43, ’32, 218–21; HvCampenhausen, ZNW 33, ’34, 259–71; FBraun, RB 44, ’35, 22–33; ELohmeyer, ZNW 38, ’39, 74–94; AFridrichsen, ibid. 94–96; Bultmann, comm. J ad loc., 355–65; JDunn, ZNW 61, ’70, 247–52) J 13:10 (λού. beside νίπτ. in eating Tob 7:9 S; λού. before eating AcThom 89=Aa p. 204 l. 7f). λούσασθε wash yourselves 1 Cl 8:4 (Is 1:16). Always of baptism (Hippol., Ref. 5, 7, 19) AcPl Ha 2, 35; 3, 6; 5, 1f; 7, 20.—The sense is in doubt in εἴ τις μεταλάβῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ λούσεται if anyone receives the body of the Lord (in the Eucharist) and then mouth-rinses or bathes Agr 19.
    ⓑ I wash for myself w. obj. in acc. (Hes.+) τὸ σῶμα ὕδατι καθαρῷ (cp. Dt 23:12) Hb 10:22 (of baptism).
    ③ to cause to be purified, cleanse, act. (in imagery, via liquid other than water) τῷ λούσαντι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ Rv 1:5 v.l. (For the use of an agent other than water in connection with λ., but in a difft. sense, s. Simonid. 144 a bow bathed in blood [Diehl2 II p. 113=Bergk 143]; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 13, 3 pers. bathed in blood.) On this rdg. s. PvonderOsten-Sacken, ZNW 58, ’67, 258 n. 17.—B. 579. DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λούω

  • 20 verkaufen

    I vt/i sell (auch fig. Idee etc.); fig. (jemanden verraten) sell s.o. (down the river); zu verkaufen for sale; wir haben gut verkauft we made a good deal; sie will nicht verkaufen she doesn’t want to sell out; dumm
    II v/refl
    1. Waren etc.: sell ( gut well; schlecht badly)
    2. umg., fig. Person: sell o.s.; sich oder seinen Körper verkaufen sell one’s body, be a prostitute; sich gut / schlecht verkaufen umg., fig. (ankommen) go down well (badly) ( bei with), be a great success (a flop) (with); er kann sich hervorragend verkaufen umg. he’s an excellent showman
    3. umg. (einen schlechten Kauf machen) make a bad buy; mit dem Auto habe ich mich verkauft that car was a bad buy (for me)
    * * *
    to sell; to vend; to dispose of
    * * *
    ver|kau|fen ptp verkauft
    1. vti (lit, fig)
    to sell (für, um for)

    "zu verkáúfen" — "for sale"

    jdm etw verkáúfen, etw an jdn verkáúfen — to sell sb sth, to sell sth to sb

    er würde sogar seine Großmutter verkáúfen — he'd even sell his own grandmother

    See:
    → Straße, verraten, dumm
    2. vr
    1) (Ware) to sell; (Mensch) to sell oneself
    2) (= einen schlechten Kauf machen) to make a bad buy
    3) (fig = sich anpreisen) to sell oneself
    * * *
    1) (to be sold with, be part of etc: The carpets will go with the house.) go with
    2) (to (attempt to) sell: I produce the goods and my brother markets them all over the world.) market
    3) (to give something in exchange for money: He sold her a car; I've got some books to sell.) sell
    4) (to have for sale: The farmer sells milk and eggs.) sell
    * * *
    ver·kau·fen *
    I. vt
    ▪ [jdm] etw [für etw akk] \verkaufen to sell [sb] sth [for sth]
    ▪ etw [an jdn] \verkaufen to sell sth [to sb]
    zu \verkaufen sein to be for sale
    „zu \verkaufen“ “for sale”
    meistbietend \verkaufen HANDEL to sell to the highest bidder
    ▪ [jdm] etw [als etw] \verkaufen to sell sth [to sb] [as sth]; s.a. dumm
    II. vr
    ▪ sich akk [irgendwie] \verkaufen
    1. (verkauft werden) to sell [in a certain way]
    das Buch verkauft sich gut the book is selling well
    2. (sich selbst darstellen) to sell oneself [in a certain way]
    * * *
    1.
    transitives Verb (auch fig.) sell (Dat., an + Akk. to)

    ‘zu verkaufen’ — ‘for sale’

    2.
    1) < goods> sell
    2) (ugs.): (falsch kaufen) make a bad buy
    * * *
    A. v/t & v/i sell (auch fig Idee etc); fig (jemanden verraten) sell sb (down the river);
    zu verkaufen for sale;
    wir haben gut verkauft we made a good deal;
    sie will nicht verkaufen she doesn’t want to sell out; → dumm
    B. v/r
    1. Waren etc: sell (
    gut well;
    schlecht badly)
    2. umg, fig Person: sell o.s.;
    seinen Körper verkaufen sell one’s body, be a prostitute;
    sich gut/schlecht verkaufen umg, fig (ankommen) go down well (badly) (
    bei with), be a great success (a flop) (with);
    er kann sich hervorragend verkaufen umg he’s an excellent showman
    3. umg (einen schlechten Kauf machen) make a bad buy;
    mit dem Auto habe ich mich verkauft that car was a bad buy (for me)
    * * *
    1.
    transitives Verb (auch fig.) sell (Dat., an + Akk. to)

    ‘zu verkaufen’ — ‘for sale’

    2.
    1) < goods> sell
    2) (ugs.): (falsch kaufen) make a bad buy
    * * *
    v.
    to sale v.
    to sell v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: sold)
    to vend v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > verkaufen

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Body of water — [ River Gambia flowing through Niokolokoba National Park] A body of water is any significant accumulation of water, usually covering the Earth or another planet. The term body of water most often refers to large accumulations of water, such as… …   Wikipedia

  • Body Wars — Localisation Parc : EPCOT Zone : Future World Lieu : Orlando (Floride),  États …   Wikipédia en Français

  • River Plate Football Club — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda River Plate Nombre completo River Plate Football Club Apodo(s) Darseneros Desaparición 1929 …   Wikipedia Español

  • River Plate Ponce — River Plate Nombre completo Club Atlético River Plate Puerto Rico Apodo(s) River Ponce, Los millo Fundación 1 de enero de 2007 (4 años) Estadio …   Wikipedia Español

  • River Plate de Buga — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda River Plate De Buga Nombre completo River Plate de Buga Fundación 1994 Estadio Estadio Ciudad de Buga Lig …   Wikipedia Español

  • River Valley High School (Caledonia, Ohio) — River Valley High School is a public high school in Caledonia, Ohio. It is the only high school in the River Valley Schools district. In the fall of 2003, a new campus was opened for students due to the possibility of cancer causing chemicals on… …   Wikipedia

  • River Terrace Inn A Noble House Hotel — (Напа,США) Категория отеля: 3 звездочный отель Адрес: 1600 Sosco …   Каталог отелей

  • River Valley Charter School — River Valley Charter School, a charter junior/senior high school started in 1996, is located in Lakeside, California, a suburb of San Diego. It is a part of the Lakeside Union School District, LUSD. It is based on a partial independent study… …   Wikipedia

  • River Valley Health — is the governing body for healthcare regulation in an area of the Canadian province of New Brunswick. The area region includes the communities of: * Fredericton * New MarylandExternal links* [http://www.rivervalleyhealth.nb.ca/english/homepage/mai… …   Wikipedia

  • river — river1 riverless, adj. riverlike, adj. /riv euhr/, n. 1. a natural stream of water of fairly large size flowing in a definite course or channel or series of diverging and converging channels. 2. a similar stream of something other than water: a… …   Universalium

  • River delta — Nile River delta, as seen from Earth orbit. The Nile is an example of a wave dominated delta that has the classic Greek delta (Δ) shape after which river deltas were named. A delta is a landform that is formed at the mouth of a river where that… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»